Document:

Registration Rights Agreement

 Exhibit 4.2 
  

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 by and between 
  
 SOHU.COM INC. 
  
 as Issuer 
  
 and

  
 MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

  
 as Initial Purchaser 
  
 Dated as of July 14, 2003 

 This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of July 14, 2003 by and between Sohu.com Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (the “Initial Purchaser”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated July 9, 2003 (the “Purchase
Agreement”), between the Company and the Initial Purchaser. In order to induce the Initial Purchaser to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution
of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 The Company agrees with the Initial Purchaser (i) for its benefit as Initial Purchaser and (ii) subject to the terms and conditions hereof, for the benefit of the beneficial owners (including the Initial Purchaser) from time to time of
Registrable Securities, as follows: 
  
 Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized
terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 
  
 “Affiliate” means with respect to any specified person, an
“affiliate,” as defined in Rule 144, of such person. 
  
 “Amendment Effectiveness Deadline Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof. 
  
 “Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. 
  
 “Common
Stock” means the shares of common stock, par value US$0.001 per share, of the Company, together with the rights evidenced by such Common Stock to the extent provided in the Shareholders’ Rights Agreement dated as of July 15, 2001 by
and between the Company and The Bank of New York., and any other shares of common stock as may constitute “Common Stock” for purposes of the Indenture, including the Underlying Common Stock. 
  
 “Conversion Price” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

  
 “Deferral Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(h)
hereof. 
  
 “Deferral Period” has the meaning set forth in
Section 3(h) hereof. 
  
 “Effectiveness Deadline Date” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof. 
  
 “Effectiveness
Period” means the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date that all Notes and Underlying Common Stock have ceased to be Registrable Securities. 
  

 2 

 “Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Filing
Deadline Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof. 
  
 “Holder” means a Person who owns, beneficially or otherwise, Registrable Securities. 
  
 “Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of July 14, 2003, between the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee, pursuant to which the Notes are being issued. 
  
 “Initial Purchaser” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated. 
  
 “Initial Shelf Registration Statement” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof. 
  
 “Issue Date” means
the first date of original issuance of the Notes. 
  
 “Liquidated Damages
Accrual Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof. 
  
 “Liquidated Damages Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof. 
  
 “Liquidated Damages Payment Date” means each April 15 and October 15. 
  
 “Material Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(h) hereof. 
  
 “Notes” means the Zero Coupon Convertible Senior Notes due 2023 of the Company to be purchased pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement. 
  
 “Notice and Questionnaire” means a written notice
delivered to the Company containing substantially the information called for by the Selling Security Holder Notice and Questionnaire attached as Annex A to the Offering Memorandum as such notice may be amended by the Company upon the advice of
nationally-recognized counsel experienced in such matters, to the extent reasonably necessary to ensure compliance with applicable law. 
  
 “Notice Holder” means, on any date, any Holder that has delivered a Notice and Questionnaire to the Company on or prior to such date, so long as all of
the Holder’s Registrable Securities that have been registered for resale pursuant to a Notice and Questionnaire have not been sold in accordance with a Registration Statement. 
  
 “Offering Memorandum” has the meaning assigned to it in the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

  

 3 

 “Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation,
a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any amendment or
prospectus supplement, including post-effective amendments, and all materials incorporated by reference or explicitly deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. 
  
 “Record Holder” means with respect to any Liquidated Damages Payment Date relating to any Notes or Underlying Common Stock
as to which any Liquidated Damages Amount has accrued, the registered holder of such Note or Underlying Common Stock on the April 1 immediately preceding a Liquidated Damages Payment Date occurring on an April 15, and on the October 1 immediately
preceding a Liquidated Damages Payment Date occurring on an October 15. 
  
 “Registrable Securities” means the Notes until such Notes have been converted into or exchanged for the Underlying Common Stock and, at all times subsequent to any such conversion, the Underlying Common Stock and any
securities into or for which such Underlying Common Stock has been converted or exchanged, and any security issued with respect thereto upon any stock dividend, split or similar event until, in the case of any such security, (A) the earliest of (i)
its effective registration under the Securities Act and resale in accordance with the Registration Statement covering it, (ii) expiration of the holding period that would be applicable thereto for non-affiliates of the Company under Rule 144(k) (or
such security is otherwise able to be immediately sold by a non-affiliate Holder) or (iii) its sale to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the Securities Act, and (B) as a result of the
event or circumstance described in any of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii), the legend with respect to transfer restrictions required under the Indenture is removed or removable in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or such legend, as
the case may be. 
  
 “Registration Statement” means any
registration statement of the Company that covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective
amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference or explicitly deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement. 
  
 “Restricted Securities” means “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. 
  
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or
regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means
Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. 
  
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  

 4 

 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated
by the SEC thereunder. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof. 
  
 “Special Counsel”
means such counsel as shall be specified by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, but which may, with the written consent of the Initial Purchaser (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), be another
nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities law matters designated by the Company, the reasonable fees and expenses of which will be paid by the Company pursuant to Section 5 hereof. For purposes of determining the holders of a majority
of the Registrable Securities in this definition, Holders of Notes shall be deemed to be the Holders of the number of shares of Underlying Common Stock into which such Notes are or would be convertible as of the date the consent is requested.

  
 “Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set
forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended. 
  
 “Trustee” means The Bank of New
York, the Trustee under the Indenture. 
  
 “Underlying Common
Stock” means the Common Stock into which the Notes are convertible or issued upon any such conversion. 
  
 Section 2. Shelf Registration. 
  
 (a) The Company shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed with the SEC, as soon as practicable but in any event by the date (the “Filing Deadline
Date”) that is ninety (90) days after the Issue Date, a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act (a “Shelf Registration Statement”)
registering the resale from time to time by Holders thereof of all of the Registrable Securities (the “Initial Shelf Registration Statement”). The Initial Shelf Registration Statement shall be on Form S-3 or another appropriate form
permitting registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by such Holders in accordance with the methods of distribution reasonably requested by the Holders and set forth in the Initial Shelf Registration Statement. The Company shall use its
reasonable best efforts to cause the Initial Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is practicable but in any event by the date (the “Effectiveness Deadline Date”) that is one
hundred eighty (180) days after the Issue Date, and to keep the Initial Shelf Registration Statement (or any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement) continuously effective under the Securities Act until the expiration of the Effectiveness Period.
At the time the Initial Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, each Holder that became a Notice Holder on or prior to the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to such time of effectiveness shall be named as a selling security
holder in the Initial Shelf Registration Statement and the related 
  

 5 

 Prospectus in such a manner as to permit such Holder to deliver such Prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities
in accordance with applicable law. None of the Company’s security holders (other than the Holders of Registrable Securities) shall have the right to include any of the Company’s securities in the Shelf Registration Statement. 

 
 (b) If the Initial Shelf Registration Statement or any Subsequent Shelf Registration
Statement ceases to be effective for any reason at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because all Registrable Securities registered thereunder shall have been resold pursuant thereto or shall have otherwise ceased to be Registrable
Securities), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness thereof including, if reasonably necessary, by amending the Shelf Registration Statement in a manner reasonably
expected to obtain the withdrawal of the order suspending the effectiveness thereof, or file an additional Shelf Registration Statement covering all of the securities that as of the date of such filing are Registrable Securities (a
“Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement”). If a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement to become effective as
promptly as is practicable after such filing and to keep such Registration Statement (or subsequent Shelf Registration Statement) continuously effective until the end of the Effectiveness Period. 
  
 (c) The Company shall supplement and amend the Shelf Registration Statement if required by
the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the Securities Act or as necessary to name a Notice Holder as a selling security holder pursuant to
Section (d) below. 
  
 (d) Each Holder agrees that if such Holder wishes to sell
Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus, it will do so only in accordance with this Section 2(d) and Section 3(h). Each Holder wishing to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration
Statement and related Prospectus agrees to deliver a Notice and Questionnaire to the Company at least three (3) Business Days prior to any intended distribution of Registrable Securities under the Shelf Registration Statement; provided that such
Holder shall have ten (10) Business Days from the date on which the Notice and Questionnaire is first received by such Holder to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company. Such Notice and Questionnaire shall be effective
for five (5) Business Days from its receipt by the Company, and, if the Holder has not sold such Registrable Securities within such five-day period, such Holder shall be required to deliver another Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in
accordance with the immediately preceding sentence before the Holder may sell such Registrable Securities. Each holder who elects to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement agrees by submitting a Notice and
Questionnaire to the Company, it will be bound by the terms and conditions of the Notice and Questionnaire and this Agreement. From and after the date the Initial Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, the Company shall, as promptly as
practicable after the date a Notice and Questionnaire is delivered pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof, and in any event upon the later of (x) ten (10) Business Days after such date or (y) 
  

 6 

 ten (10) Business Days after the expiration of any Deferral Period in effect when the Notice and Questionnaire is
delivered or put into effect within ten (10) Business Days of such delivery date: 
  
 (i) if required by applicable law, file with the SEC a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or, if required by applicable law, prepare and file a supplement to the related Prospectus or a supplement or amendment to
any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that the Holder delivering such Notice and Questionnaire is named as a selling security holder in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus in
such a manner as to permit such Holder to deliver such Prospectus to purchasers of the Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law and, if the Company shall file a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, use its
reasonable best efforts to cause such post-effective amendment to be declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is practicable, but in any event by the date (the “Amendment Effectiveness Deadline Date”) that is
forty-five (45) days after the date such post-effective amendment is required by this clause to be filed; 
  
 (ii) provide such Holder copies of any documents filed pursuant to Section 2(d)(i); and 
  
 (iii) notify such Holder as promptly as practicable after the effectiveness under the Securities Act of any post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Section 2(d)(i);

  
 provided, that if such Notice and Questionnaire is delivered during a
Deferral Period, the Company shall so inform the Holder delivering such Notice and Questionnaire and shall take the actions set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above upon expiration of the Deferral Period in accordance with Section 3(h).
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (i) the Company shall be under no obligation to name any Holder that is not a Notice Holder as a selling security holder in any Registration Statement or related Prospectus and (ii) the
Amendment Effectiveness Deadline Date shall be extended by up to ten (10) Business Days from the expiration of a Deferral Period (and the Company shall incur no obligation to pay Liquidated Damages during such extension) if such Deferral Period
shall be in effect on the Amendment Effectiveness Deadline Date. 
  
 (e) The
parties hereto agree that the Holders of Registrable Securities will suffer damages, and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision, if, other than as permitted hereunder, 
  
 (i) the Initial Shelf Registration Statement has not been filed on or prior to the Filing
Deadline Date, 
  
 (ii) the Initial Shelf Registration Statement has not been
declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the Effectiveness Deadline Date, 
  
 (iii) the Company has failed to perform its obligations set forth in Section 2(d) within 
  

 7 

 the time period required therein, 
  
 (iv) any post-effective amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) has not become effective under the
Securities Act on or prior to the Amendment Effectiveness Deadline Date, or 
  
 (v) the aggregate duration of Deferral Periods in any period exceeds the number of days permitted in respect of such period pursuant to Section 3(h) hereof. 
  
 Each event described in any of the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) is individually referred to herein as an “Event.” For
purposes of this Agreement, each Event set forth above shall begin on the dates set forth in the table below and shall end on the ending dates set forth in the table below: 
  

	 Type of
Event by
Clause

	  	 Beginning Date

	  	 Ending Date

	 (i)
	  	Filing Deadline Date	  	the date the Initial Shelf Registration Statement is filed
	 (ii)
	  	Effectiveness Deadline Date	  	the date the Initial Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act
	 (iii)
	  	the date by which the Company is required to perform its obligations under Section 2(d)	  	the date the Company performs its obligations set forth in Section 2(d)
	 (iv)
	  	the Amendment Effectiveness Deadline Date	  	the date the applicable post-effective amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act
	 (v)
	  	the date on which the aggregate duration of Deferral Periods in any period exceeds the number of days permitted by Section 3(h)	  	termination of the Deferral Period that caused the limit on the aggregate duration of Deferral Periods to be exceeded

  
 Commencing on (and including) any date
that an Event has begun and ending on (but excluding) the next date on which there are no Events that have occurred and are continuing (a “Liquidated Damages Accrual Period”), the Company shall pay, as Liquidated Damages and
not as a penalty, to Record Holders of Registrable Securities an amount (the “Liquidated Damages Amount”) accruing, for each day in the Liquidated Damages Accrual Period, (i) in respect of any Note, at a rate per annum equal
to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of such Note and (ii) in respect of each share of outstanding Underlying Common Stock that is a Registrable Security at a rate per annum equal to 0.25% on the Conversion Price on such date, as the case may
be during the first 90 days of each Liquidated Damages Accrual Period and thereafter at a rate per annum equal to 0.50% in each of (i) and (ii) of this sentence; provided that in the case of a Liquidated Damages Accrual Period that is in effect
solely as a result of an Event of the type described in clause (iii), (iv) or (v) of the preceding paragraph, such Liquidated Damages Amount shall be paid only to the Holders (as set forth in the succeeding paragraph) that have delivered Notices and
Questionnaires within the time periods set 
  

 8 

 forth in Section 2(d) that caused the Company to incur the obligations set forth in Section 2(d) the non-performance of
which is the basis of such Event. In calculating the Liquidated Damages Amount on any date on which no Notes are outstanding, the Conversion Price and the Liquidated Damages Amount payable with respect to shares of Common Stock that are Registrable
Securities shall be calculated as if the Notes were still outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Liquidated Damages Amount shall accrue as to any Registrable Security from and after the earlier of (x) the date such security is no longer a
Registrable Security and (y) expiration of the Effectiveness Period. The rate of accrual of the Liquidated Damages Amount with respect to any period shall not exceed the rate provided for in this paragraph notwithstanding the occurrence of multiple
concurrent Events. 
  
 The Liquidated Damages Amount shall accrue from the first
day of the applicable Liquidated Damages Accrual Period, and shall be payable on each Liquidated Damages Payment Date during the Liquidated Damages Accrual Period (and, without duplication, on the Liquidated Damages Payment Date next succeeding the
end of Liquidated Damages Accrual Period if the Liquidated Damages Accrual Period does not end on an Liquidated Damages Payment Date) to the Record Holders of the Registrable Securities entitled thereto; provided that any Liquidated Damages Amount
accrued with respect to any Note or portion thereof redeemed by the Company on a redemption date, repurchased by the Company on a repurchase date or converted into Underlying Common Stock on a conversion date prior to the Liquidated Damages Payment
Date, shall, in any such event, be paid instead to the Holder who submitted such Note or portion thereof for redemption, repurchase or conversion on the applicable redemption date, repurchase date or conversion date, as the case may be, on such date
(or promptly following the conversion date, in the case of conversion); provided further, that, in the case of an Event of the type described in clause (iii) or (iv) of the first paragraph of this Section 2(e), such Liquidated Damages Amount shall
be paid only to the Holders entitled thereto pursuant to such first paragraph by check mailed to the address set forth in the Notice and Questionnaire delivered by such Holder. The Trustee shall be entitled, on behalf of registered holders of Notes
or Underlying Common Stock, to seek any available remedy for the enforcement of this Agreement, including for the payment of such Liquidated Damages Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that the sole damages payable for a
violation of the terms of this Agreement with respect to which a Liquidated Damages Amount is expressly provided shall be such Liquidated Damages Amount. Nothing shall preclude any Holder from pursuing or obtaining specific performance or other
equitable relief with respect to this Agreement. 
  
 All of the Company’s
obligations set forth in this Section 2(e) that are outstanding with respect to any Registrable Security at the time such security ceases to be a Registrable Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such
security have been satisfied in full (notwithstanding termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(k)). 
  
 The parties hereto agree that the Liquidated Damages Amount provided for in this Section 2(e) constitute a reasonable estimate of the damages that may be incurred by 
  

 9 

 Holders of Registrable Securities by reason of the failure of the Shelf Registration Statement to be filed or declared
effective or available for effecting resales of Registrable Securities in accordance with the provisions hereof. 
  
 Section 3. Registration Procedures. In connection with the registration obligations of the Company under Section 2 hereof, during the Effectiveness Period, the
Company shall: 
  
 (a) Prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement or
Registration Statements on any appropriate form under the Securities Act available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof in accordance with the reasonably requested method or methods of distribution thereof, and use its
reasonable best efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein; provided that before filing any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto with the
SEC, the Company shall furnish to the Initial Purchaser and the Special Counsel of such offering, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed at least three (3) Business Days prior to the filing of such Registration Statement or
amendment thereto or Prospectus or supplement thereto; provided, that documents required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(d) shall be furnished instead to the requesting Notice Holders and the Special Counsel not later than one (1) Business
Day prior to the filing thereof. 
  
 (b) Subject to Section 3(h), prepare and file
with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the applicable period specified in Section 2(a); cause the related
Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act; and use its reasonable best efforts to comply with the
provisions of the Securities Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the Effectiveness Period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof
set forth in such Registration Statement as so amended or such Prospectus as so supplemented. 
  
 (c) As promptly as practicable give notice to the Notice Holders, the Initial Purchaser and the Special Counsel, (i) when any Prospectus, Prospectus supplement, Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to a
Registration Statement has been filed with the SEC and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has been declared effective, (ii) of any request, following the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf
Registration Statement under the Securities Act, by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or related Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance
by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) of the receipt by the Company of
any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from 
  

 10 

 qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any
proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the occurrence of, but not the nature of or details concerning, a Material Event and (vi) of the determination by the Company that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement will be filed with the SEC,
which notice may, at the discretion of the Company (or as required pursuant to Section 3(h)), state that it constitutes a Deferral Notice, in which event the provisions of Section 3(h) shall apply. 
  
 (d) Use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the
effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction in which they have been qualified for sale, in either
case as promptly as practicable, and provide prompt notice to each Notice Holder and the Initial Purchaser of the withdrawal of any such order. 
  
 (e) As promptly as practicable furnish to each Notice Holder, the Special Counsel and the Initial Purchaser, upon request and without charge, at least one (1) conformed
copy of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, including financial statements but excluding (i) schedules, (ii) all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and (iii) all exhibits (unless requested in
writing to the Company by such Notice Holder, such Special Counsel or the Initial Purchaser). 
  
 (f) During the Effectiveness Period, deliver to each Notice Holder, the Special Counsel, if any, and the Initial Purchaser, in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement,
without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses relating to such Registrable Securities (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Notice Holder may reasonably request; and the Company
hereby consents (except during such periods that a Deferral Notice is outstanding and has not been revoked) to the use of such Prospectus or each amendment or supplement thereto by each Notice Holder in connection with any offering and sale of the
Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in the manner set forth therein. 
  
 (g) Prior to any public offering of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify or
cooperate with the Notice Holders in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such
jurisdictions within the United States as any Notice Holder reasonably requests in writing (which request may be included in the Notice and Questionnaire); prior to any public offering of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement, use its reasonable best efforts to keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the Effectiveness Period in connection with such Notice Holder’s offer and sale of Registrable Securities
pursuant to such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary to legally permit the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities in the manner set forth

  

 11 

 in the relevant Registration Statement and the related Prospectus; provided that the Company will not be required
to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Agreement or (ii) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in suits
or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject. 
  
 (h)
Upon (A) the issuance by the SEC of a stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation of proceedings with respect to the Shelf Registration Statement under Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Securities Act, (B)
the occurrence of any event or the existence of any fact (a “Material Event”) as a result of which any Registration Statement shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any Prospectus shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (C) the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development that, in the reasonable discretion of the Company, makes it appropriate to suspend the
availability of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus: 
  
 (i) in the case of clause (B) above, subject to the next sentence, as promptly as practicable prepare and file, if necessary pursuant to applicable law, a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or a supplement to the
related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document that would be incorporated by reference into such Registration Statement and Prospectus so that such Registration Statement does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and such Prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities
being sold thereunder, and, in the case of a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement, subject to the next sentence, use its reasonable best efforts to cause it to be declared effective as promptly as is practicable, and 
  
 (ii) give notice to the Notice Holders, and the Special Counsel, if any, that the
availability of the Shelf Registration Statement is suspended (a “Deferral Notice”) and, upon receipt of any Deferral Notice, each Notice Holder agrees not to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement
until such Notice Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in clause (i) above, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the Prospectus may be used, and has received copies of any additional
or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. 
  
 The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed (x) in the case of clause (A) above, as promptly as is practicable, (y) in 
  

 12 

 the case of clause (B) above, as soon as, in the sole judgment of the Company, public disclosure of such Material Event
would not be prejudicial to or contrary to the interests of the Company or, if necessary to avoid unreasonable burden or expense, as soon as practicable thereafter and (z) in the case of clause (C) above, as soon as in the reasonable discretion of
the Company, such suspension is no longer appropriate. The Company shall be entitled to exercise its right under this Section 3(h) to suspend the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement or any Prospectus, and any such period during which
the availability of the Registration Statement and any Prospectus is suspended (the “Deferral Period”) shall, without incurring any obligation to pay Liquidated Damages pursuant to Section 2(e), not exceed 45 days; provided
that the aggregate duration of any Deferral Periods shall not exceed 45 days in any three month period (or 60 days in any three month period in the event of a Material Event pursuant to which the Company has delivered a second notice as required
below) or 120 days in any twelve (12) month period; provided that in the case of a Material Event relating to an acquisition or a probable acquisition or financing, recapitalization, business combination or other similar transaction, the Company
may, without incurring any obligation to pay Liquidated Damages pursuant to Section 2(e), deliver to Notice Holders a second notice to the effect set forth above, which shall have the effect of extending the Deferral Period by up to an additional 15
days, or such shorter period of time as is specified in such second notice. 
  
 (i) Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its security holders earning statements (which need not be audited) satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule
158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) for a 12-month period commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Company commencing after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statements
shall be made available no later than 45 days after the end of the 12-month period or 90 days if the 12-month period coincides with the fiscal year of the Company. 
  
 (j) Cooperate with each Notice Holder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities
sold or to be sold pursuant to a Registration Statement, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends (unless required by applicable law), and cause such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations as are permitted by the
Indenture and registered in such names as such Notice Holder may request in writing at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of such Registrable Securities. 
  
 (k) Provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities covered by each Registration Statement not later than the effective date of such
Registration Statement and provide the Trustee and the transfer agent for the Common Stock with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities that are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company. 
  
 (l) Cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. 
  

 13 

 (m) Upon (i) the filing of the Initial Registration Statement and (ii) the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf
Registration Statement, announce the same, in each case by release to Business Wire. 
  
 Section 4. Holder’s Obligations. Each Holder agrees, by acquisition of the Registrable Securities, that no Holder shall be entitled to sell any of such Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement or to receive a
Prospectus relating thereto, unless such Holder has furnished the Company with a Notice and Questionnaire as required pursuant to Section 2(d) hereof (including the information required to be included in such Notice and Questionnaire) and the
information set forth in the next sentence. Each Notice Holder agrees promptly to furnish to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Notice Holder not
misleading and any other information regarding such Notice Holder and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request. Any sale of any Registrable Securities by any Holder shall constitute a
representation and warranty by such Holder that the information relating to such Holder and its plan of distribution is as set forth in the Prospectus delivered by such Holder in connection with such disposition, that such Prospectus does not as of
the time of such sale contain any untrue statement of a material fact relating to or provided by such Holder or its plan of distribution and that such Prospectus does not as of the time of such sale omit to state any material fact relating to or
provided by such Holder or its plan of distribution necessary to make the statements in such Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
  
 Section 5. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance by the
Company of its obligations under Sections 2 and 3 of this Agreement whether or not any Registration Statement is declared effective. Such fees and expenses shall include, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without
limitation, (x) fees and expenses with respect to filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and (y) fees and expenses of compliance with federal and state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without
limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of the Special Counsel in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities under the laws of such jurisdictions as Notice Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being
sold pursuant to a Registration Statement may designate)), (ii) printing expenses (including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company), (iii)
duplication expenses relating to copies of any Registration Statement or Prospectus delivered to any Holders hereunder, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, (v) reasonable fees
and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel and of the registrar and transfer agent for the Common Stock and (vi) any Securities Act liability insurance obtained by the Company in its sole discretion. In addition, the Company shall pay the
internal expenses of the Company (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit, the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
listing by the Company of the Registrable Securities on any 
  

 14 

 securities exchange on which similar securities of the Company are then listed and the fees and expenses of any person,
including special experts, retained by the Company. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, each seller of Registrable Securities shall pay selling expenses, commissions and discounts, expenses of counsel except to the extent set forth
above, and all registration expenses to the extent required by applicable law. 
  
 Section 6. Indemnification and Contribution. 
  
 (a)
Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Notice Holder, each person, if any, who controls any Notice Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Notice Holder within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, subject to Section 6(c) hereof, any
legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any
amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based
upon information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided that the indemnification contained in this paragraph shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder (or to the benefit of
any person controlling such Holder) on account of any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any preliminary prospectus provided in each case the
Company has performed its obligations under Section 3(a) hereof if either (A) (i) such Holder failed to send or deliver a copy of the Prospectus with or prior to the delivery of written confirmation of the sale by such Holder to the person asserting
the claim from which such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise and (ii) the Prospectus would have corrected such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or such omission or alleged omission, or (B) (x) such untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement, omission or alleged omission is corrected in an amendment or supplement to the Prospectus and (y) having previously been furnished by or on behalf of the Company with copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented, such
Holder thereafter fails to deliver such Prospectus as so amended or supplemented, with or prior to the delivery of written confirmation of the sale of a Registrable Security to the person asserting the claim from which such losses, claims, damages
or liabilities arise. 
  
 (b) Indemnification by Holders. Each Holder
agrees severally and not jointly to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company (within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act) or any other Holder, to the same extent 
  

 15 

 as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Holder, but only (i) with reference to information relating to such
Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) with respect to a failure to deliver the Prospectus as described in clause (A) or (B)
of Section 6(a) hereof, provided the Company has provided such Prospectus to the Holder in accordance with this Agreement. In no event shall the liability of any Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds received
by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement giving rise to such indemnification obligation. 
  
 (c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect
of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 6(a) or 6(b) hereof, such person (the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying party”)
in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such
proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall
be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impeded parties)
include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party
shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local
counsel) for all such indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a), the Holders of a
majority (with Holders of Notes deemed to be the Holders, for purposes of determining such majority, of the number of shares of Underlying Common Stock into which such Notes are or would be convertible as of the date on which such designation is
made) of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement held by Holders that are indemnified parties pursuant to Section 6(a) and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b), the Company. The indemnifying party
shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment to the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from
and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment (to the extent such settlement or judgment is subject to indemnification under Section 6(a) or 6(b) as the case may be). Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any
time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall
be liable for any settlement of any proceeding 
  

 16 

 effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such
indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request before the date of such settlement, unless such indemnifying party has (1) reimbursed such
indemnified party for the amount of such fees and expenses of counsel as the indemnifying party believes in good faith to be reasonable, and (2) provided written notice to the indemnified party that the indemnifying party disputes in good faith the
reasonableness of the unpaid balance of such fees and expenses. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any
indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes (i) an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are
the subject matter of such proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 
  
 (d) Contribution. To the extent that the indemnification provided for in Section 6(a) or 6(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party
or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or
payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified
party or parties on the other hand or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the
relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any
other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the initial placement pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (before deducting expenses) of the Registrable
Securities to which such losses, claims, damages or liabilities relate. The relative benefits received by any Holder shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Registrable Securities that are registered under the Securities Act. The
relative fault of the Holders on the one hand and the Company on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a
material fact relates to information supplied by the Holders or by the Company, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Holders’ respective
obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 6(d) are several in proportion to the respective number of Registrable Securities they have sold pursuant to a Registration Statement, and not joint. 
  
 The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to
this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated 
  

 17 

 as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable
considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to
include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding this Section 6(d), no indemnifying
party that is a selling Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities sold by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of
any damages that such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f)
of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. 
  
 (e) The remedies provided for in this Section 6 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to an indemnified party at
law or in equity, hereunder, under the Purchase Agreement or otherwise. 
  
 (f)
The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 6 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder, any person
controlling any Holder or any affiliate of any Holder or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) the sale of any Registrable Securities by any Holder. 
  
 Section 7. Information Requirements. The Company covenants that, if at any time before
the end of the Effectiveness Period the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, it will cooperate with any Holder and take such further reasonable action as any Holder may reasonably request in writing (including,
without limitation, making such reasonable representations as any such Holder may reasonably request), all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act
within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and Rule 144A under the Securities Act and customarily taken in connection with sales pursuant to such exemptions. Upon the written request of any Holder, the Company shall deliver to such
Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such filing requirements, unless such a statement has been included in the Company’s most recent report filed pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of Exchange Act. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities (other than the Common Stock) under any section of the Exchange Act. 
  
 Section 8. Miscellaneous. 
  
 (a) No Conflicting Agreements. The Company is not, as of the date hereof, a party 
  

 18 

 to, nor shall it, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that
conflicts with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement. The Company represents and warrants that the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s
securities under any other agreements except such as have been waived. 
  
 (b)
Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the
Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Underlying Common Stock constituting Registrable Securities (with Holders of Notes deemed to be the Holders, for purposes of this Section, of the number of
outstanding shares of Underlying Common Stock into which such Notes are or would be convertible as of the date on which such consent is requested). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect
to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of at least a
majority of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement; provided that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the
immediately preceding sentence, and provided further that no modification may change the provisions relating to the payment of Liquidated Damages without the consent of each Holder of Registrable Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence,
this Agreement may be amended by written agreement signed by the Company and the Initial Purchaser, without the consent of the Holders of Registrable Securities, to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that
may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Agreement that shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Registrable
Securities. Each Holder of Registrable Securities outstanding at the time of any such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent or thereafter shall be bound by any such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent effected
pursuant to this Section 8(b), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent appears on the Registrable Securities or is delivered to such Holder. 
  
 (c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder
shall be made in writing by hand delivery, by telecopy, by courier guaranteeing overnight delivery or by first-class mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed given (i) when made, if made by hand delivery, (ii) upon confirmation, if made
by telecopy, (iii) one (1) Business Day after being deposited with such courier, if made by overnight courier or (iv) on the date indicated on the notice of receipt, if made by first-class mail, to the parties as follows: 
  
 (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company in a
Notice and Questionnaire or any amendment thereto; 
  

 19 

 (ii) if to the Company, to: 
  
 Sohu.com Inc. 
 Suite 1519, Tower 2 
 Bright China Chang An Building 
 7 Jianguomen Nei Avenue 
 Beijing 100005 
 People’s Republic of China 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 Telecopy No.: (011) 8610-6510-1377

  
 and 
  
 Goulston & Storrs, P.C. 
 400 Atlantic
Avenue 
 Boston, MA 02110 
 Attention: Timothy B. Bancroft, Esq.

 Telecopy No.: (617) 574-4112 
  
 (iii) if to the Initial Purchaser, to: 
  
 Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. 
 c/o Merrill Lynch
& Co. 
 World Financial Center 
 250 Vesey Street 

New York, NY 10281 
 Attention: Equity Capital Markets 
 Telecopy No.: 212-738-2309 
  
 or to such other address as such person may have furnished to the other persons identified in this Section 8(c) in writing in accordance herewith. 
  
 (d) Approval of Holders. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required
hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (other than the Initial Purchaser or subsequent Holders if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be such
affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Registrable Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. 
  
 (e) Successors and Assigns. Any person who purchases any Registrable Securities from
the Initial Purchaser shall be deemed, for purposes of this Agreement, to be an assignee of the Initial Purchaser. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties and shall inure to
the benefit of and be binding upon each Holder of any Registrable Securities, provided that 
  

 20 

 nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in
violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement, applicable law or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be
held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities, such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and
such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. 
  
 (f)
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. 
  
 (g) Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for
convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement. 
  
 (h) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF. 
  
 (i) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is
held to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, and the
parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction, it being intended that all of
the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. 
  
 (j) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the
parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities. Except as provided in the Purchase Agreement, there are no restrictions, promises,
warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein, with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings
among the parties with respect to such registration rights. No party hereto shall have any rights, duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth in this Agreement. In no event will such methods of distribution take the form of an
underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities without the prior agreement of the Company. 
  
 (k) Termination. This Agreement and the obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate upon the end of the Effectiveness Period, except for any liabilities or obligations under Section 4, 5 or 6 hereof
and the obligations to make payments of and provide for Liquidated Damages under Section 2(e) hereof to the extent such damages 
  

 21 

 accrue prior to the end of the Effectiveness Period, each of which shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms.

  
 [signature page follows] 
  

 22 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first
written above. 
  

	SOHU.COM INC.
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/    DEREK PALASCHUK

	 Name:
	 	Derek Palaschuk
	 Title:
	 	Chief Financial Officer

  
 Confirmed and
accepted as of the date first above written: 
  

	 MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE,
 FENNER & SMITH
 INCORPORATED

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/    JOHN C. LEE

	 Name:
	 	John C. Lee
	 Title:
	 	Vice President

  

 23INDENTURE

 Exhibit 4.1 
 EXECUTION COPY 
  

  
 INDENTURE 
  
 Among 
  
 APOGENT TECHNOLOGIES INC., 
  
 THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTIES HERETO 
  
 and 
  
 THE BANK OF NEW
YORK, as Trustee 
  
 61⁄2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES

 DUE 2013 
  
 Dated as of June 2, 2003 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

	 Trust Indenture
 Act
Section

	  	Indenture Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	13.03
	       (c)
	  	13.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	       (c)
	  	7.06; 13.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03; 13.02; 13.05
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)
	  	13.04
	       (c)(2)
	  	13.04
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	13.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	       (b)
	  	7.05; 13.02
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	7.01
	       (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	2.12
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	13.01
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	13.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	 *	 	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	 	  	 	  	Page

	 	  	ARTICLE 1.	  	 
	 	  	 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
 BY REFERENCE
	  	 
			
	 Section 1.01
	  	 Definitions.
	  	1
	 Section 1.02
	  	 Other Definitions.
	  	18
	 Section 1.03
	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
	  	19
	 Section 1.04
	  	 Rules of Construction.
	  	19
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 2.	  	 
	 	  	THE NOTES	  	 
			
	 Section 2.01
	  	 Form and Dating.
	  	20
	 Section 2.02
	  	 Execution and Authentication.
	  	20
	 Section 2.03
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent.
	  	21
	 Section 2.04
	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
	  	21
	 Section 2.05
	  	 Holder Lists.
	  	22
	 Section 2.06
	  	 Transfer and Exchange.
	  	22
	 Section 2.07
	  	 Replacement Notes.
	  	34
	 Section 2.08
	  	 Outstanding Notes.
	  	34
	 Section 2.09
	  	 Treasury Notes.
	  	34
	 Section 2.10
	  	 Temporary Notes.
	  	34
	 Section 2.11
	  	 Cancellation.
	  	35
	 Section 2.12
	  	 Defaulted Interest.
	  	35
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 3.	  	 
	 	  	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  	 
			
	 Section 3.01
	  	 Notices to Trustee.
	  	35
	 Section 3.02
	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.
	  	35
	 Section 3.03
	  	 Notice of Redemption.
	  	36
	 Section 3.04
	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
	  	37
	 Section 3.05
	  	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.
	  	37
	 Section 3.06
	  	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.
	  	37
	 Section 3.07
	  	 Optional Redemption.
	  	37
	 Section 3.08
	  	 Mandatory Redemption.
	  	38
	 Section 3.09
	  	 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.
	  	38
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 4.	  	 
	 	  	COVENANTS	  	 
			
	 Section 4.01
	  	 Payment of Notes.
	  	40
	 Section 4.02
	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	  	40
	 Section 4.03
	  	 Reports.
	  	41
	 Section 4.04
	  	 Compliance Certificate.
	  	41
	 Section 4.05
	  	 Taxes.
	  	42
	 Section 4.06
	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
	  	42
	 Section 4.07
	  	 Restricted Payments.
	  	42
	 Section 4.08
	  	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
	  	44
	 Section 4.09
	  	 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
	  	46
	 Section 4.10
	  	 Asset Sales.
	  	47

  

 i 

	 Section 4.11
	  	 Transactions with Affiliates.
	  	49
	 Section 4.12
	  	 Liens.
	  	50
	 Section 4.13
	  	 Business Activities.
	  	50
	 Section 4.14
	  	 Corporate Existence.
	  	50
	 Section 4.15
	  	 Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control.
	  	50
	 Section 4.16
	  	 Payments for Consent.
	  	52
	 Section 4.17
	  	 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.
	  	52
	 Section 4.18
	  	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
	  	52
	 Section 4.19
	  	 Termination of Covenants when Notes Rated Investment Grade.
	  	53
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 5.	  	 
	 	  	SUCCESSORS	  	 
			
	 Section 5.01
	  	 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
	  	53
	 Section 5.02
	  	 Successor Corporation Substituted.
	  	54
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 6.	  	 
	 	  	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	 
			
	 Section 6.01
	  	 Events of Default.
	  	54
	 Section 6.02
	  	 Acceleration.
	  	56
	 Section 6.03
	  	 Other Remedies.
	  	56
	 Section 6.04
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults.
	  	57
	 Section 6.05
	  	 Control by Majority.
	  	57
	 Section 6.06
	  	 Limitation on Suits.
	  	57
	 Section 6.07
	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
	  	57
	 Section 6.08
	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee.
	  	58
	 Section 6.09
	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
	  	58
	 Section 6.10
	  	 Priorities.
	  	58
	 Section 6.11
	  	 Undertaking for Costs.
	  	59
	 Section 6.12
	  	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
	  	59
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 7.	  	 
	 	  	TRUSTEE	  	 
			
	 Section 7.01
	  	 Duties of Trustee.
	  	59
	 Section 7.02
	  	 Rights of Trustee.
	  	60
	 Section 7.03
	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee.
	  	61
	 Section 7.04
	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	  	61
	 Section 7.05
	  	 Notice of Defaults.
	  	62
	 Section 7.06
	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
	  	62
	 Section 7.07
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity.
	  	62
	 Section 7.08
	  	 Replacement of Trustee.
	  	63
	 Section 7.09
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	64
	 Section 7.10
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification.
	  	64
	 Section 7.11
	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.
	  	64
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 8.	  	 
	 	  	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  	 
			
	 Section 8.01
	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	64
	 Section 8.02
	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
	  	64
	 Section 8.03
	  	 Covenant Defeasance.
	  	65
	 Section 8.04
	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	65

  

 ii 

	 Section 8.05
	  	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
	  	66
	 Section 8.06
	  	 Repayment to Company.
	  	67
	 Section 8.07
	  	 Reinstatement.
	  	67
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 9.	  	 
	 	  	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  	 
			
	 Section 9.01
	  	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	68
	 Section 9.02
	  	 With Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	68
	 Section 9.03
	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
	  	70
	 Section 9.04
	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
	  	70
	 Section 9.05
	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
	  	70
	 Section 9.06
	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	70
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 10.	  	 
	 	  	SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES	  	 
			
	 Section 10.01
	  	 Guarantee.
	  	70
	 Section 10.02
	  	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
	  	71
	 Section 10.03
	  	 Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee.
	  	72
	 Section 10.04
	  	 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
	  	72
	 Section 10.05
	  	 Release of Guarantors from Obligations.
	  	73
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 11.	  	 
	 	  	SUBORDINATION	  	 
			
	 Section 11.01
	  	 Agreement to Subordinate.
	  	74
	 Section 11.02
	  	 Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.
	  	74
	 Section 11.03
	  	 Default on Designated Senior Debt.
	  	74
	 Section 11.04
	  	 Acceleration of Notes.
	  	75
	 Section 11.05
	  	 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.
	  	75
	 Section 11.06
	  	 Notice by Company
	  	76
	 Section 11.07
	  	 Subrogation.
	  	76
	 Section 11.08
	  	 Relative Rights.
	  	76
	 Section 11.09
	  	 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.
	  	77
	 Section 11.10
	  	 Distribution or Notice to Representative.
	  	77
	 Section 11.11
	  	 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.
	  	77
	 Section 11.12
	  	 Authorization to Effect Subordination.
	  	77
	 Section 11.13
	  	 Amendments.
	  	77
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 12.	  	 
	 	  	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  	 
			
	 Section 12.01
	  	 Satisfaction and Discharge.
	  	78
	 Section 12.02
	  	 Application of Trust Money.
	  	78
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 13.	  	 
	 	  	MISCELLANEOUS	  	 
			
	 Section 13.01
	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls.
	  	79
	 Section 13.02
	  	 Notices.
	  	79
	 Section 13.03
	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
	  	80
	 Section 13.04
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
	  	80
	 Section 13.05
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
	  	80
	 Section 13.06
	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
	  	81

  

 iii 

	 Section 13.07
	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
	  	81
	 Section 13.08
	  	 Governing Law.
	  	81
	 Section 13.09
	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
	  	81
	 Section 13.10
	  	 Successors.
	  	81
	 Section 13.11
	  	 Severability.
	  	81
	 Section 13.12
	  	 Counterpart Originals.
	  	82
	 Section 13.13
	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	82
			
	 	  	EXHIBITS	  	 
			
	 Exhibit A
	  	 FORM OF NOTE
	  	 
	 Exhibit B
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	  	 
	 Exhibit C
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	  	 
	 Exhibit D
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	  	 
	 Exhibit E
	  	 FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE
	  	 
	 Exhibit F
	  	 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
	  	 

  

 iv 

 INDENTURE, dated as of June 2, 2003, among Apogent Technologies Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, having its
principal office at 30 Penhallow Street, Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801 (the “Company”), the guarantors from time to time parties hereto and described below (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and The Bank of New
York, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), having its principal corporate trust office at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West, New York, New York 10286. 
  
 The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit
of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of (i) $250 million of the Company’s 61⁄2% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A, due 2013 (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) if and when issued, the
Company’s additional 61⁄2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 that may be offered from time to time subsequent to the date hereof (the “Additional Notes”) and (iii) if and when issued in exchange for the Initial Notes as
provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Company’s 61⁄2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Exchange Notes” and, together with the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes, the
“Notes”): 
  
 ARTICLE 1. 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE

  
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 

 
 “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in
the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
  
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
  
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such
specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and 
  
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset
acquired by such specified Person. 
  
 “Additional
Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture and are Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial
Notes. 
  
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person
means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms
“controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 
  

 1 

 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for
beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means: 
  
 (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights, other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practices; provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be governed by Sections 4.15 and
5.01 hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and 
  
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries. 
  
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales: 
  
 (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions
that involves assets having a fair market value of less than $5.0 million; 
  
 (2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (4) the sale or lease of equipment, inventory, accounts
receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (6) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof; 
  
 (7) the sale, exchange or disposition of obsolete assets not
integral to any Permitted Business; 
  
 (8) the
sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any property or assets recorded on the balance sheet as of March 31, 2003 of the Company as assets of discontinued operations available for sale; 
  
 (9) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property
or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property; 
  
 (10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or
in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; and 
  
 (11) foreclosure on assets. 
  
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the
obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the 

  

 2 

 
remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option
of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

  
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned
to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will
be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a
subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means: 
  
 (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation; 
  
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of
the general partner of the partnership; and 
  
 (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
  
 “Board Resolution” means a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors, a copy of which, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, shall have been delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

  
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time
any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means: 
  
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

  
 (2) in the case of an association or business
entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
  
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

  
 (4) any other interest or participation that
confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
  
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
  

 3 

 (1) United States dollars; 
  
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any
agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition;

  
 (3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar
time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any
domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better; 
  
 (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3)
above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
  
 (5) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s or S&P’s Rating Services and in each case maturing
within six months after the date of acquisition; and 
  
 (6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition. 
  
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
  
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any
“person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act); 
  
 (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 
  
 (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without
limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather
than number of shares; 
  
 (4) the first day on
which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; or 
  
 (5) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the
Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the
Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of
such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance). 
  
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 
  

 4 

 “Commission” means Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Common Stock Tender Offer” means the tender offer for
shares of the Company’s common stock and associated preferred stock purchase rights commenced by the Company on April 23, 2003. 
  
 “Company” means Apogent Technologies Inc., and any and all successors thereto. 
  
 “Consolidated Assets” of any Person as of any date means the
total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such
period plus: 
  
 (1) an amount equal to
any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  
  
 (2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  
  
 (3) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether
paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest
component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance
financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  
  
 (4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of
goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash
expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted
in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus  
  
 (5) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, 
  
 in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the
Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 
  

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting shall be included only to the extent of the 

  

 5 

 
amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; 
  
 (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be
excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been
obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 

 
 (3) the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of
interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded; and 
  
 (4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Worth” of any Person as of any date means
the stockholders’ equity (including any preferred stock that is classified as equity under GAAP, other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any equity adjustment for foreign currency translation for
any period subsequent to the date of this Indenture) on a consolidated basis at such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who: 
  
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of
this Indenture; or 
  
 (2) was nominated for
election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 
  
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the
principal address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
  
 “Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2000, by and among the Company and the several banks and
other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified), providing for up to $500.0 million of revolving credit borrowings, including any related notes, Guarantees,
collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time. 
  
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities or agreements (including, without limitation, the
Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders
or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including any agreement to extend the maturity
thereof and adding additional borrowers or guarantors) in whole or in part from time to time under the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders and including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder, provided that such
increase is permitted by Section 4.09. 
  

 6 

 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or
any successor entity thereto. 
  
 “Default” means
any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06
hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
  
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or
issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the
applicable provision of this Indenture. 
  
 “Designated
Senior Debt” means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	after payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement, any other Senior Debt permitted under this Indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and
that has been designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Debt.” 

  
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder
of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to
the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the
Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a “change of control” or an “asset sale” shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or
redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. 
  
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of
the United States or the District of Columbia and that Guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company. 
  
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt
security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  
 “Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) made for cash on a primary basis by the Company after the date of this Indenture. 
  
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of
the Euroclear system. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 7 

 “Exchange Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture and
are Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof and having substantially identical terms as the Notes (except that the Exchange Notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions) pursuant to a registered
Exchange Offer as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.  
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Existing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid. 
  
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication,
of: 
  
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred
payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interested with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or
bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations; plus  
  
 (2) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus 

  
 (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of
another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus 

  
 (4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether
paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified
Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person,
expressed as a decimal, 
  
 in each case, on a consolidated basis
and in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of
its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be
calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such 

  

 8 

 
issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter reference period. 
  
 In addition, for purposes of
calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 
  
 (1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or
subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period will be
calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, but without giving effect to clause (3) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income; 
  
 (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued
operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; and 
  
 (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses
disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the
Calculation Date. 
  
 “Foreign Restricted Subsidiary”
means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, as in effect from time to time;
provided, however, that any change in GAAP that would cause the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to record an existing item as a liability upon that entity’s balance sheet, which item was not previously required by GAAP to be so
recorded, shall not constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Indenture. 
  
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with
Sections 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof. 
  
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
  
 “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, the United States of
America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 
  
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by
way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. 
  

 9 

 “Guarantors” means: 
  
 (1) each Subsidiary of the Company that has guaranteed Obligations under the Credit Agreement in existence
on the date of this Indenture; and 
  
 (2) any
other Subsidiary that will in the future guarantee Obligations under the Credit Agreement and that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee or supplemental indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 and their respective successors and assigns. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified
Person, the obligations of such Person incurred in the normal course of business and consistent with past practices and not for speculative purposes under:  
  
 (1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

  
 (2) foreign exchange contracts and currency
protection agreements entered into with one of more financial institutions and designed to protect the person or entity entering into the agreement against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchanges rates with respect to Indebtedness
incurred and not for purposes of speculation; and 
  
 (3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates. 
  
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 
  
 “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note
Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional
Accredited Investors. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means,
with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
  
 (1) in respect of borrowed money; 
  
 (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

  
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

  
 (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

  
 (5) representing the balance deferred and
unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or 
  
 (6) representing any Hedging Obligations, 
  
 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified
Person prepared in accordance with 

  

 10 

 
GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or
not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any indebtedness of any other Person. 
  
 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be: 
  
 (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue
discount; and 
  
 (2) the principal amount of the
Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial
interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
  
 “Initial Notes” means the first $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 
  
 “Initial Purchasers” means Lehman Brothers Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc.,
Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Wachovia Securities, Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., ABN AMRO Incorporated, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc., Comerica
Securities, Inc. and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc. 
  
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
  
 “Investment Grade” means: 
  
 (1) with respect to S&P, any of the rating categories
from and including AAA to and including BBB-; and 
  
 (2) with respect to Moody’s, any of the rating categories from and including Aaa to and including Baa3. 
  
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including
Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or
other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary
of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company
shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of
Section 4.07 hereof. The acquisition by the Company 

  

 11 

 
or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary
in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. 
  
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which
banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next
succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
  
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by
such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law,
including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform
Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 
  
 “Liquidated Damages” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
  
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person,
the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 
  

(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with:
(a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; and 
  
 (2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any
related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss). 
  
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other
disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation
expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be
applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Senior Debt secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in
accordance with GAAP. 
  

 12 

 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 
  
 (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

  
 (2) no default with respect to which
(including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and 
  
 (3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing
that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
  
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the
Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 
  
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties,
fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the
Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who
is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. 
  
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account
with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
  
 “Permitted Business” means the lines of business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any
business incidental or reasonably related thereto or which is a reasonable extension thereof as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. 
  
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
  

 13 

 (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

  
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

  
 (3) any Investment by the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: 
  
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 
  
 (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
  
 (4) any advances and extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or services or the licensing of property in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (5) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of
non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; 
  
 (6) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

  
 (7) any Investments received in compromise of
obligations of such persons incurred in the ordinary course of business with trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the
bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; 
  
 (8) Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof; and 
  
 (9) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding (with each such Investment being valued as of the date it was made and without regard to
subsequent changes in value), not to exceed the greater of (a) $35.0 million or (b) 2.5% of Consolidated Net Worth of the Company at the time of such Investment. 
  
 “Permitted Junior Securities” means: 
  
 (1) Equity Interests in the Company or any Guarantor; or

  
 (2) debt securities that are subordinated to
all Senior Debt and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt under this Indenture. 
  
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than intercompany
Indebtedness); provided that: 
  

 14 

 (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and
premiums incurred in connection therewith); 
  
 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced defeased or refunded; 
  
 (3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later
than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded; and 
  
 (4) such
Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. 
  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
  
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

  
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional
buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Rating
Agency” means S&P or Moody’s, or if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company
(as certified by the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be. 
  
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2003, among the Company, the Guarantors and
the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the
Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional
Notes under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation
S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination
equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
  
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any vice president, any assistant vice president, any senior trust
officer or assistant trust officer, any trust officer, or any other 

  

 15 

 
officer associated with the corporate trust department of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above
designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing
the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Global
Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
  
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of
the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. 
  
 “Senior Debt” means: 
  
 (1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor outstanding under
Credit Facilities and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto; 
  
 (2) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; and 
  
 (3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2). 
  
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Senior Debt will not include: 
  
 (1) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company; 
  
 (2) any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
to the Company or any of its Affiliates; 
  
 (3) any trade
payables; or 
  
 (4) the portion of any Indebtedness that is
incurred in violation of this Indenture. 
  
 “Shelf
Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  

 16 

 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant
subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1–02 of Regulation S–X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture. 
  
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency
business thereof. 
  
 “Stated Maturity” means,
with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include
any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
  
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power
of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled,
directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 
  
 (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or
(b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof). 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means any Guarantee of the Notes to be executed by any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to the covenants
described in Sections 4.17 and 10.01. 
  
 “TIA”
means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. 
  
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
  
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent global Note
substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered
in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 
  
 (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 
  
 (2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
unless the terms of any such agreement, 

  

 17 

 
contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from
Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
  
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s
financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; 
  
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
  
 (5) has at least
one director on its Board of Directors that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and has at least one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of
the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation
complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of
such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation
shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under
the covenant described under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such
designation. 
  
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S.
Person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
  
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to
any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 
  
 (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in
respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
  
 (2) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness. 
  
 Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

 18 

	 Term

	  	Defined in
Section

	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07

  
 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
  
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
  
 “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

  
 “indenture to be qualified” means this
Indenture; 
  
 “indenture trustee” or
“institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
  
 “obligor” on the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively. 
  
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined
by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  

	Section	 	1.04 Rules of Construction. 

  
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  

 19 

 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the
plural include the singular; 
  
 (5)
“will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 
  
 (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 
  
 (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or
rules adopted by the Commission from time to time. 
  
 ARTICLE
2. 
 THE NOTES 
  
 Section 2.01 Form and Dating. 
  
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may
have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are
hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any
provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
  
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend
thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and
without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and
redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee,
in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
  
 (1) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System”
and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearsteam. 
  
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 
  
 Two Officers must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
  

 20 

 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is
authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 
  
 A Note
will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an “Authentication
Order”), authenticate the Initial Notes for original issue up to $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with this Section 2.02, at any time and from time to time thereafter,
the Trustee shall authenticate Additional Notes and Exchange Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may
authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate
of the Company. 
  
 Section 2.03 Registrar and
Paying Agent. 
  
 The Company will maintain an office or
agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of
the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any
additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to
appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to
the Global Notes. 
  
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee
to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
  
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
  
 The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in
trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any
such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to
the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the
Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
  

 21 

 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 
  
 The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable
the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each
interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise
comply with TIA § 312(a). 
  
 Section 2.06
Transfer and Exchange. 
  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of
Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such
nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: 
  
 (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that
it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; or 
  
 (2) the Company, at its option, determines that the Global
Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 
  
 (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. 
  
 Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above,
Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in
exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for
another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 
  
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.
The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes
will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2)
below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
  
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be 

  

 22 

 
made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note
may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in
this Section 2.06(b)(1). 
  
 (2) All Other
Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to
the Registrar either: 
  
 (A) both: 

 
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect
Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred
or exchanged; and 
  
 (ii) instructions given in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 
  
 (B) both: 
  
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
  
 (ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note
shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. 
  
 Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the
instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes
contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
  
 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another
Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the
requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  

 23 

 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver
a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
  

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
  
 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if
the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company
shall issue and, upon receipt of an 

  

 24 

 
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
  
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (c)
Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 
  
 (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule
904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in
accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by
item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  
 (F) if such
beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h)
hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global 

  

 25 

 
Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such
beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 

 
 (2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to
Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee,
in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of
the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected
pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar
receives the following: 
  
 (i) if the holder of
such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement
Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel
in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 (3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to
transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the

  

 26 

 
applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and
deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names
and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such
Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial
Interests. 
  
 (1) Restricted Definitive
Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth
in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D)
if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  

 27 

 
the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above,
the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 
  
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests
in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,
certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
  
 (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if
the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive
Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
  
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note
may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of
a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted 

  

 28 

 
Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
  
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section
2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
  
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and
such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender
to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting
Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 
  
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be
transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
  
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder
thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 
  

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a broker-dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a
Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  

 29 

 (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
  
 (ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act. 
  
 (3) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register
such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
  
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate: 
  
 (1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in
the Restricted Global Notes tendered into the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they
are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and 
  
 (2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. 
  
 Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the
aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted
Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 
  
 (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (1) Private Placement Legend. 
  

 30 

 (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive
Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER
THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS THE TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S.
PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING ITS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR
(7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO
OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO (X) THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR
ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREUNDER) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF (OR OF ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) OR THE LAST DAY ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS
NOTE) AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH
HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A INSIDE THE UNITED STATES, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO
NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT TO THIS LEGEND; PROVIDED
THAT THE COMPANY, THE TRUSTEE AND THE REGISTRAR SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION
SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATION OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THIS TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE
REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS 

  

 31 

 
“OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “UNITED STATES PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT.” 
  
 (B) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the
Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (2) Global Note
Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES
EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL
NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
  
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE
MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR
A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS
MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

  
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At
such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or
retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such
other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
  

 32 

 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
  
 (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request. 
  
 (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a Global
Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any
such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 
  
 (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part,
except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled
to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
  
 (5) The Company will not be required: 
  
 (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the
day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 
  
 (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any
Note being redeemed in part; or 
  
 (C) to
register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
  
 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the
Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be
affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 (7) The
Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
  
 (8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to
effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
  

 33 

 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 
  
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the
Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are
met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any
loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
  
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  
 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 
  
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in
accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the
Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(a) hereof.  
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof
satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
  
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
  
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or
maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 
  
 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 
  
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or
consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of
determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 
  
 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
  
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company
may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for
temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
  

 34 

 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 
  

	Section	 	2.11 Cancellation. 

  
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will treat such cancelled Notes in
accordance with its document retention policies and applicable laws. Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  

	Section	 	2.12 Defaulted Interest. 

  
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful,
interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount
of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date may be less than
10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or
cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
  
 ARTICLE 3. 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

  
 Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

  
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the
optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth: 
  
 (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the
redemption shall occur; 
  
 (2) the redemption
date; 
  
 (3) the principal amount of Notes to be
redeemed; 
  
 (4) the redemption price; and

  
 (5) the CUSIP number. 
  
 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or
Purchased. 
  
 If less than all of the Notes are to be
redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase as follows: 
  
 (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities
exchange on which the Notes are listed; or 
  

 35 

 (2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata
basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. 
  
 In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the
redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 
  
 The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial
redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or
purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for
redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
  
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to
be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in
connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 of this Indenture. 
  
 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 
  
 (1) the redemption date; 
  
 (2) the redemption price; 
  
 (3) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of
the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

  
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

  
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be
surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
  
 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
  
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this
Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 
  
 (8) the CUSIP number; and 
  

 36 

 (9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number,
if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
  
 At the
Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an
Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
  

	Section	 	3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

  
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
  

	Section	 	3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

  
 One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase price date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to
pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the
Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
  
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on
and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related
interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender
for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on
any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 
  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 
  

	Section	 	3.07 Optional Redemption. 

  
 (a) At any time prior to May 15, 2006, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem an aggregate of up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 106.50% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the
Company; provided that: 
  

 37 

 (1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Initial Notes issued
under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and 
  
 (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
  
 (b) Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Notes will not be
redeemable at the Company’s option prior to May 15, 2008. 
  
 (c) On or after May 15, 2008, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued
and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2008
	  	103.250	%
	 2009
	  	102.167	%
	 2010
	  	101.083	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (d) Any redemption
pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 
  
 The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess
Proceeds. 
  
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10
hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the procedures specified below. 
  
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the
Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales and assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following
its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the
“Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the
Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
  
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before
the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, and Liquidated Damages, if any, through the Purchase Date will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no
additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
  

 38 

 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the
Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

  
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made
pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 
  
 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 
  
 (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such
payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples
of $1,000 only; 
  
 (6) that Holders electing to
have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
  
 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be,
receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing
his election to have such Note purchased; 
  
 (8)
that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro
rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples
thereof, will be purchased); and 
  
 (9) that
Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
  
 On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful,
accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver
to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be,
will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the
Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company will authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of 

  

 39 

 
the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce
the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 
  
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 4. 
 COVENANTS 
  
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 
  
 The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available
funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company shall pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
  
 The Company shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  
 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

  
 The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the
City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or
upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to
maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
  
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or
agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its
obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of
any such other office or agency. 
  
 The Company hereby designates
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 
  

 40 

 Section 4.03 Reports. 
  
 (a) If the Company ceases to be subject to the reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations: 
  
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with
the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information
only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and 
  
 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such
reports. 
  
 If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries
as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by this Section 4.03(a) shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of
operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
  
 In
addition, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the Commission, the Company shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1)
and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities
analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a). 
  
 (b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective
investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. 
  
 Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for
informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of
its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely exclusively on Officers Certificates). 
  
 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 
  
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the
end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has
occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of 

  

 41 

 
Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or
her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the
Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 (b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, promptly upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of
Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 Section 4.05 Taxes. 
  
 The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies
except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
  
 The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the
covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any
such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  
 Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 
  
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
  
 (1)
declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or
distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); 
  

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including without limitation, in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company (excluding the maximum number of shares the Company has offered to purchase pursuant to the Common Stock Tender Offer); 
  
 (3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or 
  

 42 

 (4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in
these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 
  
 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
  
 (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; and

  
 (2) the Company would, at the time of such
Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and 
  
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (6) and (7) of Section 4.07(b) below), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
  
 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for
the period (taken as one accounting period) from March 31, 2003 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such
Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus 
  
 (B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity
capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have
been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), plus 
  
 (C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of this Indenture is sold for
cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment, plus

  
 (D) to the extent that any Unrestricted
Subsidiary of the Company is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation and (ii) such
fair market value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 (b) So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not prohibit: 
  
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the
date of declaration of the dividend, if at the date of declaration the dividend payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  

 43 

 (2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any
subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity
Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause
(3)(B) of the preceding paragraph; 
  
 (3) the
defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
  
 (4) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
  
 (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any member of the Company’s (or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’) management pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired
Equity Interests shall not exceed $5.0 million in any twelve-month period; 
  
 (6) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the cashless exercise of stock options; and 
  
 (7) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since the date of this Indenture not to exceed 7.5% of Consolidated Assets of the
Company at the time of such Restricted Payment (with each such Restricted Payment being valued as of the date made and without regard to subsequent changes in value). 
  
 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment
of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued
by this Section 4.07 shall be determined by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an
accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the fair market value exceeds $10.0 million. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture. 

 
 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Subsidiaries. 
  
 (a) The Company shall not, and
shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
  
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its
Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  

 44 

 (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

  
 (3) transfer any of its properties or assets
to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 (b) The
restrictions in Section 4.08(a) shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
  
 (1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements
or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the
Subsidiary Guarantees; 
  
 (3) applicable law;

  
 (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or
Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such
acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
  
 (5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

  
 (6) purchase money obligations for property
acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a); 
  
 (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary
pending its sale or other disposition; 
  
 (8)
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced; 
  
 (9) Liens
securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; and 
  
 (10) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture
agreements, assets sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business. 
  

 45 

 Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

  
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt), and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that (1) the Company and any Guarantor
may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or the Company may issue Disqualified Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at least 2.25 to 1 and (2) any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would have been at least 2.75 to 1, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been
incurred or Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
  
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively,
“Permitted Debt”): 
  
 (1) the
incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed
to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $500.0 million less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied to repay any such Indebtedness
pursuant to Section 4.10; 
  
 (2) the incurrence
by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 
  
 (3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes to be issued and sold and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued on the date of this Indenture and the Exchange
Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (4) the incurrence by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such
Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding; 
  
 (5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) or (10) of this Section
4.09(b); 
  
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
  

 46 

 (a) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such
Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Subsidiary Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and 
  
 (b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity
Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 
  
 (7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
of Hedging Obligations; 
  
 (8) the Guarantee by
the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; 
  
 (9) the incurrence by the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Non-Recourse Debt, provided, however,
that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was not permitted by this clause (9);

  
 (10) the incurrence by the Company’s
Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness on or after the date of this Indenture in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30.0 million outstanding at any time; and 
  
 (11) the incurrence by the Company or any of the Guarantors of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate
principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (11), not to exceed $50.0
million. 
  
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (11) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to
Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company shall be permitted to classify (or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part such item of Indebtedness, in the Company’s sole discretion) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. 

 
 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
  
 (1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

  
 (2) the fair market value is determined by
the Company’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 
  

 47 

 (3) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: 
  
 (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company or any
Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that
releases the Company or such Subsidiary from further liability; and 
  
 (B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash within 90 days of receipt
thereof, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion. 
  
 Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company may apply those Net Proceeds at its option: 
  
 (1) to repay Senior Debt and, if the Senior Debt repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

  
 (2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a
majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business; or 
  
 (3) to acquire other long-term assets or property that are used or useful in a Permitted Business. 
  
 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in
any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
  
 Any Net
Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding second paragraph shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million within five days
thereof, the Company shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to
purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with Section 3.09 hereof to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out
of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds
remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other pari
passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset
Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
  
 The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the 

  

 48 

 
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict. 
  
 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 
  
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding,
loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
  
 (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that
would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 
  
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 
  
 (A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$2.5 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and 
  
 (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a
financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing. 
  
 (b) The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof:

  
 (1) any employment agreement entered into by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (3) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the
Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 
  
 (4) payment of reasonable directors fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company; 
  
 (5) sales and issuances of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company; and 
  
 (6) Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. 
  

 49 

 Section 4.12 Liens. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the date of this Indenture or thereafter acquired, or any interest therein or
any income or profits therefrom, securing Indebtedness other than Senior Debt, without effectively providing that all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured until
such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. 
  
 Section 4.13 Business Activities. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
  
 Section 4.14
Corporate Existence. 
  
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the
Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect: 
  
 (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the
respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 
  
 (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; 
  
 provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right,
license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control. 
  
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to make an offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to that Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages on the Notes repurchased, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each
Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating: 
  
 (1) a description of the transaction or transactions that constitute a Change of Control and that the Change of Control Offer is being
made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; 
  
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice
is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
  

 50 

 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required
to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day
preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter
setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 
  
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal
amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. 
  
 The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
the provisions of Section 4.15 of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue of such conflict. 

 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the
extent lawful: 
  
 (1) accept for payment all
Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
  
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly
tendered; and 
  
 (3) deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
  
 The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly
tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. 
  
 Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this Section 4.15, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, the Company shall
either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the 

  

 51 

 
repurchase of Notes required by this covenant. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable
after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance
with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer. 
  
 (d) The provisions described in this Section 4.15 that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control shall be
applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. 
  
 Section 4.16 Payments for Consent. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the
benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that
consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
  
 Section 4.17 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees. 
  
 If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this
Indenture, or if any existing or newly acquired or created Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is not already a Guarantor guarantees Obligations under the Company’s Credit Facility after the date of this Indenture, then
that existing or newly acquired or created Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee within 10 Business Days of the date on which it guaranteed such Credit
Facility or was acquired or created, as applicable; provided that this Section 4.17 does not apply to all Subsidiaries that have properly been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this Indenture for so long as they
continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the termination of certain covenants as provided under Section 4.19, no existing or newly acquired or created Subsidiary that is not already a Guarantor shall be required to execute a
supplemental indenture unless such Subsidiary Guarantees Indebtedness of the Company under the Credit Facility. However, any Subsidiary that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company under the Credit Facility shall become a Guarantor. 

 
 Section 4.18 Designation of Restricted and
Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Board of Directors may
designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding
Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated shall be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under
Section 4.07 hereof or Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation shall only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the redesignation would not cause a Default. 
  

 52 

 Section 4.19 Termination of Covenants when Notes Rated Investment Grade.

  
 In the event that at any time: 
  
 (1) the Notes have been assigned an Investment Grade rating
by both Rating Agencies; 
  
 (2) the Investment
Grade rating shall not be accompanied by either (i) in the case of S&P, a negative outlook, creditwatch negative or the equivalent thereof or (ii) in the case of Moody’s, a negative outlook, a review for possible downgrade or the equivalent
thereof; and 
  
 (3) no Default or Event of
Default under this Indenture has occurred or is continuing, 
  
 then, the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.18 and 5.01(4) hereof (the “Terminated Covenants”). 
  
 A change in the rating of the Notes by either Rating Agency shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that such Rating
Agency shall have publicly announced the change. 
  
 ARTICLE
5. 
 SUCCESSORS 
  
 Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
  
 The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company
is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to
another Person, unless: 
  
 (1) either:

  
 (A) the Company is the surviving corporation;
or 
  
 (B) the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United
States or the District of Columbia; 
  
 (2) the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the
Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture or agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
  
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
  
 (4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related
financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a)
hereof. 
  

 53 

 The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or
assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. This Section 5.01 shall not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of the Guarantors. 
  
 Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

  
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such
consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation,
merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the
Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest
on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 6. 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  
 Section 6.01
Events of Default. 
  
 Each of the following is an
“Event of Default”: 
  
 (1) default for
30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) default in the payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, whether or not
prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Section 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 hereof; 
  
 (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to comply with the
provisions of Section 4.07 or 4.09; 
  
 (5)
failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to comply with any other covenant, representation, warranty or other agreement in this Indenture or the Notes; 
  
 (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument
under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default: 
  

 54 

 (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such
Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 
  

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, 
  
 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together
with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; 
  
 (7) a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money are entered by a court or courts of
competent jurisdiction against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which judgment or judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; provided that the aggregate of all such undischarged judgments exceeds $20.0
million; 
  
 (8) except as permitted by this
Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or
disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; 
  
 (9) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within
the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (A)
commences a voluntary case, 
  
 (B) consents to
the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
  
 (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
  
 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
  
 (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and 
  
 (10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
  
 (A) is
for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
  
 (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
  

 55 

 (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
  
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
  
 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
  
 In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any
Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that so long as any Designated
Senior Debt is outstanding, such declaration shall not become effective until the earlier of: 
  
 (1) the day which is five business days after receipt by the Representatives of Designated Senior Debt of such notice of acceleration; or

  
 (2) the date of the acceleration of any
Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 Upon any such declaration, the Notes
shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except
nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
  
 In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Company with the
intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of this Indenture, an equivalent premium will also become and be
immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. If an Event of Default occurs prior to May 15, 2008, by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company
with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes prior to May 15, 2008, then the premium specified in this Indenture will also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the
Notes. 
  
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the
Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or 
  

 56 

 
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 
  
 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the
principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have
been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
  
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 
  
 Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial
to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
  
 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 
  
 A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 
  
 (1) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

 
 (2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
  
 (3) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee
against any loss, liability or expense; 
  
 (4)
the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
  
 (5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a
direction inconsistent with the request. 
  
 A Holder of a Note
may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
  
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal,
premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or 

  

 57 

 
to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such
Holder. 
  
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by
Trustee. 
  
 If an Event of Default specified in Section
6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest
remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  
 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
  
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be
entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the
Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and
other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or
consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in
any such proceeding. 
  
 Section 6.10
Priorities. 
  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant
to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
  
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the
costs and expenses of collection; 
  
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on
the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any and interest, respectively; and 
  
 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
  

 58 

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this
Section 6.10. 
  
 Section 6.11 Undertaking for
Costs. 
  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and
the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
  
 Section 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

  
 If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to
enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in
such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee, and the Holders will be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders will continue as though no such
proceeding had been instituted. 
  
 ARTICLE 7. 

TRUSTEE 
  
 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
  
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the
Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
  
 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall
examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except
that: 
  
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the
effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
  

 59 

 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  
 (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
  
 (d) Whether or
not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
  
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on
any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
  
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and
complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
  

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
  
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by
an Officer of the Company. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the
costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
  
 (g) The Trustee is not required to take notice or deemed to have notice of any default or Event of Default hereunder, except Events of Default under
Section 6.01(1) and (2), unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or has received notice in writing of such default or Event of Default from the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of
the Notes then 
  

 60 

 
outstanding, and in the absence of any such notice, the Trustee may conclusively assume that no such default or Event of Default exists. 
  
 (h) The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to
the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture. 
  
 (i) In the event the Trustee receives inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders of Notes, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
Outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, shall be taken. 
  
 (j) The Trustee’s immunities and protections from liability and its right to indemnification in connection with the performance of its duties under
this Indenture shall extend to the Trustee’s officers, directors, agents, attorneys and employees. Such immunities and protections and right to indemnification, together with the Trustee’s right to compensation, shall survive the
Trustee’s resignation or removal, the defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and final payment of the Notes. 
  
 (k) The permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

  
 (l) Except for information provided by the Trustee concerning
the Trustee, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for any information in any offering memorandum or other disclosure material distributed with respect to the Notes, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for compliance with any state or
federal securities laws in connection with the Notes. 
  
 (m) The
Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’
Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
  
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

  
 The Trustee or any Affiliate of the Trustee in its individual
or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any
conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and
7.11 hereof. 
  
 Section 7.04 Trustee’s
Disclaimer. 
  
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and
makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under
any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the
Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
  

 61 

 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 
  
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known
to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if
any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the
Notes. 
  
 (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning
with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no
event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as
required by TIA § 313(c). 
  
 (b) A copy of each report at
the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the Commission and each stock exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The
Company shall promptly notify the Trustee if and when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 
  
 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
  

(a) The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as
the parties shall agree from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable
disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 

 
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall indemnify the Trustee against any
and all losses, liabilities or expenses (including taxes, other than taxes based upon the income of the Trustee) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the
costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors or any Holder or any other Person) or
liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the
Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor shall defend the
claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without
its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
  
 (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
  

 62 

 (d) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien
prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
  
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(9) or (10) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy
Law. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA
§ 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
  
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
  
 (a) A
resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
  
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the
trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

  
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section
7.10 hereof; 
  
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a
bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
  
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office
of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee
to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
  
 (d)
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the expense of the Company), the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 (f) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or
removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring
Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. 
  

 63 

 Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations
under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
  
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business
to, another Person, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 
  
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the
United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at
least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
  
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
  
 Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against
Company. 
  
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a),
excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  
 ARTICLE 8. 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
  
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all
outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
  
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and
each of the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees) on the
date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses
(1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the
same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
  

 64 

 (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the
principal of, or interest or premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 
  
 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing Temporary Notes,
registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust provided under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof; 
  
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the
Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
  
 (4) under the provisions of this Article 8. 
  
 Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option
under Section 8.03 hereof. 
  
 Section 8.03
Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 Upon the Company’s exercise
under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the
covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.19 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section
8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the
consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For
this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set
forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission
to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the
Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(6) hereof will not constitute
Events of Default. 
  
 Section 8.04 Conditions
to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 In order to exercise
either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 
  
 (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars,
non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption
date; 
  

 65 

 (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company has delivered to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that: 
  
 (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
  
 (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a
change in the applicable federal income tax law, 
  
 in either
case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and
will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other
than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 
  
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material
agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
  
 (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not
made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; and 
  
 (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
  
 Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to
be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
  
 Subject
to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to
Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the
Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become 
  

 66 

 
due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to
the extent required by law. 
  
 The Company will pay and indemnify
the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such
tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the
Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to
the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 Section 8.06 Repayment to Company. 
  
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by
the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest has become due
and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability
of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such
repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less
than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. In the absence of a written request from the Company to return unclaimed funds to the Company, the
Trustee shall from time to time deliver all unclaimed funds to or as directed by applicable escheat authorities, in accordance with the customary practices and procedures of the Trustee. Any unclaimed funds held by the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 8.06 shall be held uninvested and without any liability for interest. 
  
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or
governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as
though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however,
that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to
receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  

 67 

 ARTICLE 9. 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
  
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

  
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency; 
  
 (2) to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
  
 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s Obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company or a Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof;

  
 (4) to make any change that would provide any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder of Notes; 
  
 (5) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

  
 (6) to provide for the issuance of Additional
Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; or 
  
 (7) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Notes. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of
Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02(b) and 9.06 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the
execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter
into any such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  
 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture
(including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof), the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes,
if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing
Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been
rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including
consents obtained in 
  

 68 

 
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Sections 2.08 and 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to
be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of
the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02(b) and 9.06 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture
unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such
amended or supplemental Indenture. 
  
 It is not be necessary for
the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes
effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or
affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04, 6.07 and 11.13 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive
compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (1) reduce the
principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
  
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the
redemption of the Notes except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof; 
  
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
  
 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of
principal of, or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the
payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
  
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 
  
 (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive
payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes; 
  
 (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (including a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof); 

 

 69 

 (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or
this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 
  
 (9) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions. 
  
 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in a amended or supplemental Indenture that
complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
  
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the
consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation
before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
  
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
  
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement
or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect
the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
  
 The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully
protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture is authorized or permitted by this
Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE 10. 
 SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES 
  
 Section 10.01 Guarantee. 
  
 (a) Subject to this Article 10 and the subordination provisions of Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally
Guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company
hereunder or thereunder, that: 
  

 70 

 (1) the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes
will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or
the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
  
 (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid
in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
  
 Failing payment when due of any amount so Guaranteed or any performance so Guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally
obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a Guarantee of payment and not a Guarantee of collection. 
  
 (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the
Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the
same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the
obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
  
 (c) If
any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by
either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
  
 (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations Guaranteed
hereby until payment in full of all obligations Guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations Guaranteed
hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations Guaranteed hereby, and (2)
in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary
Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

  
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder,
hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform
Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor
shall be limited to the maximum amount that 
  

 71 

 
will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and
after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such
Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  
 Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such
Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor
by one of its Officers. 
  
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its
Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time
the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 
  
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in
this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
  
 In the event that
the Company creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary, after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.17 hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof and this Article 10,
to the extent applicable. 
  
 Section 10.04
Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 
  
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person)
another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 
  
 (1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
  
 (2) either: 
  
 (a) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, the Registration Rights
Agreement, this Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; or 
  
 (b) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture,
including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof. 
  
 In case of
any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in 
  

 72 

 
form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this
Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or
all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the
same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution
hereof. 
  
 Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and
notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of
the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 
  
 Section 10.05 Release of Guarantors from Obligations. 
  
 (a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of
merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all to the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Company, then such
Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was
made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its
obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 (b) If the Company
designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.18 of this Indenture, then such Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) Upon the
release of a Guarantee by a Subsidiary under all then outstanding Credit Facilities and at any time after the termination of certain covenants as provided in Section 4.19 of this Indenture, then such Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any
Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that in the event that any such Subsidiary thereafter Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company under any Credit Facility (or
if any released Guarantee under any Credit Facility is reinstated or renewed), then such Subsidiary shall Guarantee the Notes on the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture. 
  
 (d) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount
of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 
  

 73 

 ARTICLE 11. 
 SUBORDINATION 
  
 Section 11.01 Agreement to Subordinate. 
  
 Each
of the Company and the Guarantors agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the Guarantees is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 11,
to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt (whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or Guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 Section 11.02 Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.

  
 Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company or a
Guarantor in a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or such Guarantor, in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or a Guarantor or their property, in an assignment for the benefit of
creditors or in any marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Company or a Guarantor, the holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest
after the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt) before the Holders of Notes will be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees, and until all Obligations with
respect to Senior Debt are paid in full in cash, any distribution to which the Holders of Notes would be entitled shall be made to the holders of Senior Debt (except, in each case, that Holders of Notes may receive Permitted Junior Securities and
payments made from the trust described under Article 8). 
  
 Section 11.03 Default on Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors may not make any payment or distribution to the Trustee or any Holder in respect of Obligations with respect to the Notes and may not acquire from the Trustee or any Holder any Notes for
cash or property (other than (i) securities that are subordinated to at least the same extent as the Notes to (a) Senior Debt and (b) any securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt and (ii) payments and other distributions made from any
defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof) until all principal and other Obligations with respect to the Senior Debt have been paid in full if: 
  

(1) a default in the payment of any principal or other Obligations with respect to Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing
beyond any applicable grace period; or 
  

 74 

 (2) a default, other than a payment default, on any series of Designated Senior Debt
occurs and is continuing that then permits holders of that series of Designated Senior Debt as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of the default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”)
from the Company or a Representative with respect to such Designated Senior Debt. If the Trustee receives any such Payment Blockage Notice, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice shall be effective for purposes of this Section unless and until (i) at
least 360 days shall have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice and (ii) all scheduled payments of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes that have come due have been paid
in full in cash. No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been
waived or cured for a period of not less than 80 days. 
  
 The
Company and the Guarantors may and shall resume payments on and distributions in respect of the Notes and the Guarantees and may acquire them upon the earlier of: 
  
 (1) the date upon which the default is cured or waived, or 
  
 (2) in the case of a default referred to in Section
11.03(ii) hereof, 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received unless the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated, 
  
 if this Article otherwise permits the payment, distribution or acquisition at the time of such payment or acquisition. 
  
 Section 11.04 Acceleration of Notes. 
  
 If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the
Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Debt of the acceleration. 
  
 Section 11.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. 
  
 In the event that the Trustee or any Holder receives any payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes and the Guarantees at a time when the Trustee or such Holder, as applicable, has actual knowledge that such
payment is prohibited by Article 11 hereof, such payment shall be held by the Trustee or such Holder, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered, upon proper written request, to, the holders of Senior Debt as their
interests may appear or their Representative under this Indenture or other agreement (if any) pursuant to which Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Obligations with
respect to Senior Debt remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Obligations in full in accordance with their terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform
only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set forth in this Article 11, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee
shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders or the Company or any other Person money or assets to
which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 11, except if such payment is made as a result of the willful misconduct or negligence of the Trustee. 
  

 75 

 Section 11.06 Notice by Company 
  
 The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of any
facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes and the Guarantees to violate this Article 11, but failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Notes and the Guarantees to
the Senior Debt as provided in this Article 11. 
  
 The Trustee
shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior
Debt (or a trustee or agent on behalf of any such holder). In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any person as holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or
distribution pursuant to this Article 11, the Trustee may request such person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such person, the extent to which such person is entitled to
participate in such evidence is not furnish, the Trustee may defer any payment which it may be required to make for the benefit of such person pursuant to the terms of this Indenture pending judicial determination as to the rights of such person to
receive such payment. 
  
 Section 11.07
Subrogation. 
  
 After all Senior Debt is paid in full in
cash and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders of Notes shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other Indebtedness pari passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior
Debt to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the Holders of Notes have been applied to the payment of Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Article 11 to holders of Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders of
Notes is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by the Company or the Guarantors on the Notes and the Guarantees. 
  
 Section 11.08 Relative Rights. 
  
 This Article 11 defines the relative rights of Holders of Notes and holders of Senior Debt. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 
  
 (1) impair, as between the Company and Holders of Notes, the
obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; 
  
 (2) affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior
Debt; or 
  
 (3) prevent the Trustee or any
Holder of Notes from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders and owners of Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to Holders of Notes. 
  
 If the Company fails because of this Article 11 to pay principal of or
interest on a Note on the due date, the failure is still a Default or Event of Default. 
  

 76 

 Section 11.09 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company. 
  
 No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of the
Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or any Holder or by the failure of the Company or any Holder to comply with this Indenture. 
  
 Section 11.10 Distribution or Notice to
Representative. 
  
 Whenever a distribution is to be made or
a notice given to holders of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative. 
  
 Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company or the Guarantors referred to in this Article 11, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be
entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any certificate of such Representative or of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders of
Notes for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts
paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 11. 
  
 Section 11.11 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. 
  
 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 11 or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged
with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee shall have received at its
Corporate Trust Office at least three Business Days prior to the date of such payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 11. Only the Company or a Representative
may give the notice. Nothing in this Article 11 shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the
same with like rights. 
  
 Section 11.12
Authorization to Effect Subordination. 
  
 Each Holder of
Notes, by the Holder’s acceptance thereof, authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article 11, and appoints the
Trustee to act as such Holder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in Section 6.09 hereof at least 30 days
before the expiration of the time to file such claim, the credit agents are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 11.13 Amendments. 
  
 The provisions of this Article 11 shall not be amended or modified without the written consent of the holders of at least
75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding if such amendment would adversely affect the rights of Holders of Notes. 
  

 77 

 ARTICLE 12. 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
  
 Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 
  
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 
  
 (1) either: 
  
 (a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose
payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
  
 (b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a
notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders,
cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 
  
 (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit
and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
  
 (3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be
paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
  
 (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
  
 In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
  
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of
this Section, the provisions of Section 12.02 and Section 8.06 will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 12.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge
of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 12.02
Application of Trust Money. 
  
 Subject to the provisions
of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company 
  

 78 

 
acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose
payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or
by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived
and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE 13. 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 Section 13.01 Trust
Indenture Act Controls. 
  
 If any provision of this
Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control. 
  
 Section 13.02 Notices. 
  
 Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by
first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
  
 If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 
  
 Apogent Technologies Inc. 
 30 Penhallow Street 
 Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801 
 Attention: Michael Bresson, Esq. 
 Telecopier No.: (603) 436-3719 
  
 With a copy to: 
  
 Quarles & Brady LLP 
 411 E. Wisconsin Avenue 
 Milwaukee, WI 53202 
 Attention: Joseph D. Masterson, Esq. 
 Telecopier No.: (414) 978-8969 
  
 If to the Trustee: 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Attn: Corporate Trust Administration 
 Telecopier No.: (212) 815-5704 
  

 79 

 The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 All
notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when
receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon
receipt. 
  
 Any notice or communication to a Holder will be
mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed
to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
  
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within
the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
  
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  

Section 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders
with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  
 Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
  
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any
action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
  
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in
Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
  
 Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
  
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other
than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include: 
  
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  

 80 

 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or
her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
  
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
  
 Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

  
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a
meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
  
 Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
  
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or
stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture the Subsidiary Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of,
such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities
under the federal securities laws. 
  
 Section
13.08 Governing Law. 
  
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE
REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 Section 13.09 No Adverse
Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
  
 This Indenture may
not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  
 Section 13.10 Successors. 
  
 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its
successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05. 
  
 Section 13.11 Severability. 
  
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal
or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  

 81 

 Section 13.12 Counterpart Originals. 
  
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed
copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 Section 13.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
  
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted
for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 82 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the day
and year first above written. 
  

	 APOGENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

 83 

 APOGENT FINANCE COMPANY 
 APOGENT HOLDING COMPANY 
 APOGENT SERVICE CORPORATION 
 APOGENT TRANSITION CORP. 
 APPLIED BIOTECH, INC. 
 BARNSTEAD THERMOLYNE CORPORATION 
 BT CANADA HOLDINGS INC. 
 CAPITOL VIAL INC. 
 CHASE SCIENTIFIC GLASS, INC. 
 CONSOLIDATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 
 ERIE SCIENTIFIC COMPANY 
 ERIE SCIENTIFIC COMPANY OF PUERTO RICO 
 ERIE UK HOLDING COMPANY 
 EVER READY THERMOMETER CO., INC. 
 FOREFRONT DIAGNOSTICS INC. 
 GENEVAC INC. 
 G&P LABWARE HOLDINGS INC. 
 LAB-LINE INSTRUMENTS, INC. 
 LAB VISION CORPORATION 
 MARSH BIO PRODUCTS, INC. 
 MATRIX TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION 
 MICROGENICS CORPORATION 
 MOLECULAR BIOPRODUCTS, INC. 
 NALGE NUNC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION 
 NATIONAL SCIENTIFIC COMPANY 
 THE NAUGATUCK GLASS COMPANY 
 NEOMARKERS, INC. 
 NERL DIAGNOSTICS CORPORATION 
 OWL SEPARATION SYSTEMS, INC. 
 REMEL INC. 
 RICHARD-ALLAN SCIENTIFIC COMPANY 
 ROBBINS SCIENTIFIC CORPORATION 
 SAMCO SCIENTIFIC CORPORATION 
 SEPARATION TECHNOLOGY, INC. 
 SERADYN INC. 
  

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

	METAVAC LLC
		
	 By:
	 	 The Naugatuck Glass Company

  

			
	 	 	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 	 	 Title:

  

 84 

	THE BANK OF NEW YORK, AS TRUSTEE AND NOT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

 1 

 EXHIBIT A 
  
 [Face of Note] 

  

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 CUSIP/CINS
	 	  

	
	61⁄2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013
						
	 No.
	 	  

	 	 	 	 	 	 $
	 	  

  
 APOGENT TECHNOLOGIES
INC. 
  
 promises to pay to CEDE & CO. 
  
 or registered assigns,  
  

	 the principal sum of
	 	  

  
 Dollars on May 15, 2013. 

 
 Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15 
  
 Record Dates: April 30 and October 31 
  
 Dated: 
  

	 APOGENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 This is one of the Notes
referred to 
 in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  
 The Bank of New York  
 as Trustee 
  

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  

 A-1 

  

 A-2 

 Back of Note 
 61⁄2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 
  
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 (1) Interest. Apogent Technologies Inc., a Wisconsin
corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 61⁄2% per annum from June 2, 2003 until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to Section 5 of the
Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business
Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing
Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date;
provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 15, 2003. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from
time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 (2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest
on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the last day of the month preceding May 15 and November 15, even if such Notes are canceled after
such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at
the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at
their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global
Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender
for payment of public and private debts. 
  
 (3)
Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its
Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
  

 A-3 

 (4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 2,
2003 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15
U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of
the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. 
  
 (5) Optional Redemption. 
  
 (a) Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, the Company will not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to May 15,
2008. Thereafter, the Company will have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2008
	  	103.250	%
	 2009
	  	102.167	%
	 2010
	  	101.083	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b)
Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to May 15, 2006, the Company may on any one of more occasions redeem an aggregate of up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the
Indenture at a redemption price equal to 106.50% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company; provided
that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Initial Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) and that
such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
  
 (6) Mandatory Redemption. 
  
 The Company will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 (7) Repurchase at Option of Holder. 
  
 (a) If there is a Change of Control, each Holder shall have
the right to require the Company to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to that Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of
the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall
mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
  

 A-4 

 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, within five
days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions
similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of
Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other pari passu
Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount
of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders
of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
  
 (8) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations
larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption. 
  
 (9) Denominations, Transfer,
Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the
Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange
or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15
days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 (10) Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 (11) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to
certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as
a single class, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and
Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s 
  

 A-5 

 
obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the
Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust
Indenture Act, to provide for the Issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Subsidiary Guarantee with respect
to the Notes. 
  
 (12) Defaults and
Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture; (ii) default in
payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture, (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with Section 4.10, 4.15 or
5.01 of the Indenture, (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to comply with the provisions of Section 4.07 or 4.09 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to comply with any other covenant, representation, warranty or other agreement in the Indenture or the Notes; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which
there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or
Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, if that default: (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such
Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; (vii) a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money are
entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; provided that the aggregate of all such undischarged judgments exceeds
$20.0 million; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person
acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and (ix) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary. In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable; provided, however, that so long as any Designated Senior Debt is outstanding, such declaration shall not become effective until the earlier of (i) the day which is five business days after receipt by the
Representatives of Designated Senior Debt of such notice of acceleration; or (ii) the date of the acceleration of any Designated Senior Debt. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain
limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of
Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their 
  

 A-6 

 
interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all
of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Liquidated Damages on, or the principal of, the Notes. In the case of
any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected
to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the Indenture, an equivalent premium will also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. If an Event of Default
occurs prior to May 15, 2008, by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes prior to May 15, 2008, then the premium
specified in the Indenture will also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the
Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  
 (13) Subordination. The Notes and the Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt, as defined in the
Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt must be paid before the Notes may be paid. 
  
 (14) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from,
and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
  
 (15) No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company or any of the
Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
  
 (16) Authentication. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the
Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
  
 (17)
Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in
common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 (18) Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and
Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 2, 2003 among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional
Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given
by the Company and the 
  

 A-7 

 
Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 
  
 (19) CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation
promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation
is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without
charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
  
 Apogent Technologies Inc. 
 30 Penhallow Street 
 Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801 
 Attention: Corporate Secretary 
  

 A-8 

 Assignment Form 
  

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

	 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
	 	  

	 	 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)
	  

	 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
  
  

	  

	  

	  

 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  

	 and irrevocably appoint
	 	  

 to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  
 Date:
             
  

		
	 Your Signature:
	 	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

		
	 Signature Guarantee*:
	 	  

  

	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-9 

 Option of Holder to Elect Purchase 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the
appropriate box below: 
  

	 ̈ Section 4.10	 	  ̈ Section
4.15

  
 If you want to elect
to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

$                             
  
 Date:
                     
  

		
	 Your Signature:
	 	  

	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

		
	 Tax Identification No.:
	 	  

  
  
 Signature Guarantee*:
                                     
  

	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-10 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in
another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

	 Date of Exchange

	 	 Amount of decrease in

 Principal Amount of

 this Global Note

	 	 Amount of increase in

 Principal Amount of

 this Global Note

	  	 Principal Amount of

 this Global Note

 following such

 decrease (or increase)

	  	 Signature of authorized

 officer of Trustee or

 Custodian

	*	 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A-11 

 EXHIBIT B 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 Apogent Technologies Inc. 
 30 Penhallow Street 
 Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West 
 New York, New York 10286 
  
 Re:
61⁄2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 
  
 Reference is
hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 2, 2003 (the “Indenture”), among Apogent Technologies Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto and The Bank of New York, as
trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                                 , (the “Transferor”)
owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
$                         in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                                        
             (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
  
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
  
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule
144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor
reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account
is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on
the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a
Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not
being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee
was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged
with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to
evade the registration requirements of 
  

 B-1 

 
the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S.
Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject
to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 3.  ̈ Check
and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in
compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
  
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (b)
 ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
  
 or 
  
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in
any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the
requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of
which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if
Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement 
  

 B-2 

 
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in
the Indenture. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in
compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are
not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  

(c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to
Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

	
	

	 	 	[Insert Name of Transferor]

  

		
	 By:
	 	  

	   Name:

	   Title:

  
 Dated:                  
  

 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  

	1.	 	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

  
 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in
the: 
  
 (i)  ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP                 ), or 
  
 (ii)  ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                 ), or 
  
 (iii)  ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP                 ); or 
  
 (b)  ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 
  

	2.	 	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

  
 [CHECK ONE] 
  
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in
the: 
  
 (i)  ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP                 ), or 
  
 (ii)  ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                 ), or 
  
 (iii)  ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP                 ); or 
  
 (iv)  ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP                 ); or 
  
 (b)  ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 
  
 (c)  ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, 
  
 in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture. 
  

 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
  
 Apogent Technologies Inc. 
 30 Penhallow Street 
 Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801. 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West 
 New York, New York 10286 
  
 Re: 61⁄2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 
  
 (CUSIP                 ) 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 2, 2003 (the “Indenture”), among Apogent Technologies Inc., as issuer (the
“Company”), the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                                       
      , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of
$                 in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
  
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in
a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are
not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with
the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if
Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner
hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is 
  

 C-1 

 
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (d)  ̈ Check if
Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for
a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted
Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount,
the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global
Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

	

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	 By:
	 	  

	  Name:
	   Title:

  
 Dated:                      
  

 C-2 

 EXHIBIT D 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
  
 Apogent
Technologies Inc. 
 30 Penhallow Street 
 Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West 
 New York, New York 10286 
  
 Re: 61⁄2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 2, 2003 (the
“Indenture”), among Apogent Technologies Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall
have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
 In
connection with our proposed purchase of $             aggregate principal amount of: 
  
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

  
 (b)  ̈ a Definitive Note, 
  
 we confirm that: 
  
 1. We
understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the
Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
  
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes
and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any
interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of
Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the
provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note
from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
  

 D-1 

 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be
required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that
the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
  
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
  
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts
(each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
  
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party
in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

	

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	 By:
	 	  

	  Name:
	   Title:

 Dated:
                     
  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
  
 [FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE] 
  
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed,
to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of June 2, 2003 (the “Indenture”) among Apogent Technologies Inc. (the “Company”), the Guarantors named on the
signature page thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture),
whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the
Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when
due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantee
and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound
by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact
of such Holder for such purpose; provided, however, that the Indebtedness evidenced by this Subsidiary Guarantee shall cease to be so subordinated and subject in right of payment upon any defeasance of this Note in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture. 
  

	 [Guarantor(s)]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	Name:
	 Title:

  

 E-1 

 EXHIBIT F 
  
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE
DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS] 
  
 Supplemental Indenture
(this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of             , 200    , among
                     (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Apogent Technologies Inc. (or its permitted successor),
a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and The Bank of New York, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

  
 W I T N E S S E T H 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an
indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of June 2, 2003 providing for the issuance of 61⁄2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”); 
  
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to
the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the
“Subsidiary Guarantee”); and 
  
 WHEREAS,
pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties
mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
  
 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
  
 2. Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as
follows: 
  
 (a) Along with all Guarantors named
in the Indenture, to jointly and severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

  
 (i) the principal of, and premium and
Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and
all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
  
 (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal
of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due
of any amount so 

  

 F-1 

 
Guaranteed or any performance so Guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.

  
 (b) The obligations hereunder shall be
unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or
thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. 
  
 (c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment,
demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. 
  
 (d) This Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be discharged except
by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 
  
 (e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the
Guarantors, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore
discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
  
 (f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations Guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations Guaranteed hereby.

  
 (g) As between the Guarantors, on the one
hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations Guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations Guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations
(whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 (h) The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not
impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 (i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to any maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws,
and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Subsidiary
Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guarantor under this Subsidiary Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  

 F-2 

 3. Execution and Delivery. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Subsidiary Guarantees shall
remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 4. Guaranteeing Subsidiary May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms. 
  
 (a) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not sell or otherwise dispose of all substantially all of its assets to,
or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor unless: 
  
 (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

  
 (ii) either (A) subject to Sections 10.04 and
10.05 of the Indenture, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental
indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; or (B) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 thereof. 
  
 (b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental
indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be
performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the
Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable under the Indenture which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the
same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution
hereof. 
  
 (c) Except as set forth in Articles 4
and 5 and Section 10.05 of Article 10 of the Indenture, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in the Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or
another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 
  
 5. Releases. 
  
 (a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger,
consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Subsidiary of the 

  

 F-3 

 
Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such
Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee;
provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the
Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 of the
Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 (b) If the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in
accordance with Section 4.18 of the Indenture, then such Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. 
  
 (c) Upon the release of a Guarantee by a Subsidiary under
all then outstanding Credit Facilities and at any time after the termination of certain covenants as provided in Section 4.19 of the Indenture, then such Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; provided, however, that in the event that any such Subsidiary thereafter Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company under any Credit Facility (or if any released Guarantee under any Credit
Facility is reinstated or renewed), then such Subsidiary shall Guarantee the Notes on the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. 
  
 (d) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of
and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under the Indenture as provided in Article 10 of the Indenture. 
  
 6. Subordination. The Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the
Indenture, Senior Debt must be paid before the Notes may be paid. Each of the Company and the Guarantors agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note and a Subsidiary Guarantee agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture.

  
 7. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future
director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the
Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are
part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy. 
  
 8. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL
GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

  

 F-4 

 
BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE
REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 9. Counterparts. The parties may sign any
number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 10. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
  
 11. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner
whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 
  

 F-5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all
as of the date first above written. 
  
 Dated:
                    , 20     
  

	 [Guaranteeing Subsidiary]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:

	 Title:

	
	 Apogent Technologies Inc.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:

	 Title:

	
	 [Existing Guarantors]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:

	 Title:

	
	 The Bank of New York,
as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  

 F-6

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00054-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00054-of-00352.parquet"}]]